

SQL


‫ ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﱐ‬: ‫ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬

2
 ‫"ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﻗﻮﻻ ﺳﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﻟﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﻜﻢ ﻭ ﻳﻐﻔﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻄﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻓﺎﺯ ﻓﻮﺯﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ"‬
‫‪71‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﺰﺍﺏ ‪ 70 :‬ﻭ‬

‫‪3‬‬
 ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺒﻴﺒﻨﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺻﺤﺒﻪ ﻭﺳﻠﻢ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‪:‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﻖ ﺑﺄﻣﺔ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﲪﻠﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻛﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻓﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺻﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻦ ﻭﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻤﺮﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﺑ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺻﺮﻧﺎ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﺠﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺺ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻮﻣﻴﺪﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺪﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟ ﻨﻔﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺡ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪ ﻣﺜﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻫﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺟﻞ ﻭﻋﻼ ﻻ ﻳﻐﲑ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﻡ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻐﲑﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻛﺄﻣﺔ ﻃﺎﳏﺔ ﻟﻔﺮﺽ ﺫﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﴿ ﻭ‪‬ﻗﹸﻞﹺ ﺍﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹸﻮﺍ ﻓﹶﺴ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﺍﻟﻠﹶّﻪ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻠﹶﻜﹸﻢ‪ ‬ﻭ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺳ‪‬ﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﹾﻤ‪‬ﺆ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ )ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ‪ ﴾(105:‬ﰲ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ‪‬ﻀﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻘﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻴﺒﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﻏﲑﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻨﻮﺍ ﺣﻀﺎﺭﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻃﻼﻝ ﺣﻀﺎﺭﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﲨﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﺎﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻫﻴﻚ ﻋ ﻦ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﺸﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻣﻐﻤﻮﺭﻳﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ ﻓﻄﺎﺣﻠﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﺲ‬
‫– ﻋﺰﻳﺰﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ – ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻉ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﺬ ﳑﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻏﻀﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﻣﻠﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﰲ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ" ﺇﱃ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻓﺼﻮﻝ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﺎﻥ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻓﻌﻚ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﲣﻮﻝ ﻟﻚ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻣﻊ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪.SQL Server‬‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﻧﻨﺴﻰ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻜﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﰎ ﻧﻘﺼﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﳎﻬﻮﺩﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﳎﻬﻮﺩ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻮﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺺ ﻭﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻬﻮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﺳﻮﺀ ﻓﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻧﺮﺟﻮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻀﺮﺍﺗﻜﻢ ﺇﻋﻼﻣﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺎﺋﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺧﻄﺄ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﺎﻟﺼﺎ ﻟﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻻ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﻻ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﻮﻯ ﺣﻈﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺄﻟﻪ ﻋﺰ ﻭﺟﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺎﺭﻯﺀ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺎﻟﱰﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺪﺍﺩ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﱐ‬

‫‪5‬‬
 ‫ﳌﻦ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ؟‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪:‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﺋﺎ ﺳﻴﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﻚ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻄﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻓﺮﺻﺘﻚ ﻟﺘﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻣﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﺗﻚ ﻭﻟﺘﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺖ ﳏﺘﺮﻓﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬

‫ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻋﺮﰊ ﻣﺒﺴﻂ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺟﺮﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻭ ‪،2008‬‬ ‫‪2005‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﺴﺨﺘﻴﻪ‬ ‫‪SQL Server‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ‬ ‫‪Oracle‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﻭﺭﺍﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ )ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺪﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪(... ،‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪https://www.facebook.com/Khotwa.Amam‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺷﻐﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،%100‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻬﻮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻄﺄ ﰲ ﲡﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﻤﺴﻮﺍ ﱄ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺫﻳﺮ ﻭﺭﺍﺳﻠﻮﱐ‬
‫‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﱐ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺯﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺧﲑﺍ‪:‬‬

‫‪[email protected]‬‬

‫‪7‬‬
 ‫ﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ‬

‫ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻲ‪ - #‬ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪http://www.kutub.info/library/book/7076‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻲ‪ - #‬ﺑﺮﳎﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ‬

‫‪http://www.kutub.info/library/book/11495‬‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺰﻳﻚ ‪ -‬ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬

‫‪http://www.kutub.info/library/book/8050‬‬

‫ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺑﺰﻳﻚ ‪ -‬ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬

‫‪http://www.kutub.info/library/book/10564‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ xml‬ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺑﻌﻪ)‪(DTD, XSL,CSS‬‬

‫‪http://www.kutub.info/library/book/8305‬‬

‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺗﺎ ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺲ ﻻﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻲ‪#‬‬

‫‪http://www.kutub.info/library/book/7576‬‬

‫ﲢﺰﱘ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ‪ /‬ﻋﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺠﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﺩﻳﻮ )ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ(‬

‫‪http://www.mediafire.com/?by3e3u4d1emvxgo‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬

‫ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ‪4 ............................................................................... ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ؟ ‪6 ............................................................... ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﳌﻦ ﻳﻮﺟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ‪7 .................................................... ................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻟﻒ ‪8 ..............................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺐ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ ‪9 ..................... ................................................................................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪21 .......................................................................................... ................................‬‬ ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪21 ....................................................................................................... ................................ Files‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪21 ... ................................................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﲣﺰﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪22 ................................................................................................................................ :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ‪22 ............................ ................................................................ ................................ :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻔﻬﺮﺱ‪23.............................................................................. ................................ :‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ‬

‫‪9‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪23 ........... ................................................................ ................................:‬‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺗﺒﻴﺔ‪24 ................................................. ................................................................ :‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻴﺔ‪24 ........................................................................................... :‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ؟ ‪25 ....................................................................................... ................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ؟‪25 ...................................... ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻫﻮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬

‫‪25 ........................ ................................................................ Relationnal Model‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺪﻱ‬

‫‪28 ............................................................. ................................ Relationnal Algebra‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻴﺔ ‪28 ............................ ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ‪28 .......................................................................................... ................................() Union‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪30.............................................................................. ................................ () Intersection‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ‪31 ................................................. ................................................................ (-) Difference‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ‪33 .............................................................. ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ‪33 ..................................................... ................................................................ (σ) Selection‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ‪34.................................................. ................................................................(π) Projection‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻴﺔ‪35................ ................................ ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬

‫‪35‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﰐ )×(‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ‪36 ........................ ................................................................ ................................ (÷) Division‬‬

‫( ‪38 ............................ ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ‪) Join‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ ‪39 .......................................................................................... ................................‬‬ ‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﳉﱪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‪ :‬ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪SQL‬‬

‫‪41 ............................................................... ................................................................SQL‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻐﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ‪41................ ................................ ................................................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺔ ‪41 ................................................................. ................................................................ T-SQL‬‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪43 ....................................................................................................... ................................‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪43 .........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪45 .........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬

‫‪45 ... ................................................................ ................................ ................................ Tables‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ‪45 .......................................................................................... ................................‬‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪46 .................................... ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪46 .................................... ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪46 ... ................................................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪47.......................................... ................................ ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪47 ... ................................................................ ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ‪48 .................................... ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪49 .................................... ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪49 .......................................................................................... ................................‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬

‫‪49 ......................................... ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪Constraints‬‬

‫‪49 ..................................... ................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪NOT NULL‬‬

‫‪50 ......................................... ................................ ................................................................ IDENTITY‬‬

‫‪51 .............................................................. ................................................................‬‬ ‫‪PRIMARY KEY‬‬

‫‪53 ......................................... ................................ ................................................................‬‬ ‫‪UNIQUE‬‬

‫‪53 ... ................................................................ ................................ ................................ REFERENCE‬‬

‫‪55 ........................................ ................................................................ ................................ DEFAULT‬‬

‫‪56 ............................................................................. ................................................................‬‬ ‫‪CHECK‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪56 .........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ‪57 ...................................... ................................................................ ................................ Views‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ‪57 ...................................... ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ‪58 .........................................................................................................................Views‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ‬

‫‪59 ................................................................. ................................................................ Indexes‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ ‪59 .................................... ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ ‪60 .................................... ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪60 ...................................... ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪60 .................................... ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Insert‬ﺇﱃ‬

‫ﺁﺧﺮ ‪61 ........................................ ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ‬

‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ‪62 .............................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳊﻈﺔ‬

‫‪62 ...................................................... ................................ ................................ Delete‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫‪63 ........................................ ................................................................ Update Data‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫‪64 ......................................................................................................................... Select‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫‪67 ......................................... ................................ ................................ Concatenation‬‬ ‫ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‬

‫‪13‬‬
‫‪67 .................................................................. ................................ SELECT TOP‬‬ ‫ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬

‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎ ‪68 ................................................................................... RANDOM SELECT‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫‪68 ................................................. ................................SELECT DISTINCT‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺓ‬

‫‪69 ............................................................................... ................................LIKE‬‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ‬

‫‪71 ............................................................................. ................................ORDER BY‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫‪72 ............................................................... ................................................................ Functions‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‬

‫‪72 ................................................................................... Aggregate Functions‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪72 ................................................................. ................................................................ COUNT‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪73 ..................................... ................................................................................................ SUM‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪73 ...................................... ................................................................ ................................AVG‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪74 ...................................... ................................................................ ................................ MIN‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪74 ..................................... ................................................................................................ MAX‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪75 ............................................................................. ................................GROUP BY‬‬ ‫ﲡﻤﻴﻊ‬

‫‪76.................................................. ................................................................ HAVING‬‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ‬

‫‪77 .................... ................................ ................................ Arithmetic Functions‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪77 ....................................................................................................... ................................ABS‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
77 .................................... ................................................................ ................................ SQRT ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

77 ................................................................. ................................ String Functions ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‬

77 ......................................................................................................................... SUBSTRING ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

78 ...................................... ................................................................ ................................LEFT ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

79 ... ................................................................ ................................ ................................RIGHT ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

80................ ................................ ................................................................ RTRIM ‫ ﻭ‬LTRIM ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺘﺎﻥ‬

80.............................................................................. ................................ LOWER ‫ ﻭ‬UPPER ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺘﺎﻥ‬

81 ........................ ................................................................ ................................ CHARINDEX ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

81 ....................................................................................................... ................................ LEN ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

82 ........................................ ................................................................Date Functions ‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬

82 ............................ ................................................................ ................................ DATEADD ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

84 ............................ ................................................................ ................................ DATEDIFF ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

84 ........................................................................................... ................................DATEPART ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

86 ............................................................. ................................................................ GETDATE ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

87 ........................ ................................................................ Conversion Functions ‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‬

87 ....................................................................................................... ................................ STR ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

87 ............................ ................................................................ ................................ CONVERT ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬

15
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪88 ..................................... ................................................................................................ CAST‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‪ :‬ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﰲ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪SQL‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺪﻱ ‪90 .........................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﺬﻛﲑ ﺑﺎﳉﱪ‬

‫)‪90 ............................................................. ................................................................ (‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ‪Union‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ‪90 ...................................................... ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫‪91.............................................................................. ................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪() Intersection‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ‪91 ..................................................... ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫)‪92.................................................. ................................................................ ( -‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ‪Difference‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ‪92.................................................. ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫)‪93 ....................................................................................... ................................ (σ‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ‪Selection‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ‪93 ..................................................... ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫)‪94 ................................................................................................................... (π‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ‪Projection‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ‪94 ...................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫)×( ‪94 ............................................................. ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﰐ‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﰐ‪95 ...................................... ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺀ‬

‫)÷( ‪96 ........................................................................................... ................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ‪Division‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ‪96 ...................................................... ................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫( ‪98 ................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ‪) Join‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ‪98 ....................................................................................... ................................‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﰲ ‪Transact SQL‬‬

‫‪102 ........................................................... ................................................................ Variables‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑ ‪102 ......................... ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‪103 ..............................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬

‫‪103 ................................... ................................................................................................RETURN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫‪103 .................................................. ................................................................IF…ELSE‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪105 ....................................... ................................ ................................ Case‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ‬

‫‪106 .................................... ................................................................WHILE‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬

‫‪108 .............................................. ................................Transactions Management‬‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬

‫‪17‬‬
‫‪109 ................................................................ ................................ ................................Cursors‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫‪113 ....................................................................................... Stored Procedures‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪118 .................................. ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬

‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪118 .....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪118 ...................................... ................................................................‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ‪119 ....................................... ................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ‪119 .................................... ................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ‪119 ................................................ ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ‪120 ................................................ ................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ‬

‫‪121 ............................................................. ................................................................ Functions‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‪124 .................................... ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‪124 ..................................................................................................... ................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ‬

‫‪124 ................................................................ ................................ ................................Triggers‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ‬

‫‪125................. ................................................................................................Triggers‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ‬

‫‪128 ............................................................. ................................................................ Raiserror‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ ‪129 ................................... ................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺣﺬﻑ‬

‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ ‪129 .................................. ................................................................ ................................‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬

‫ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ ‪130................. ................................................................................................ ................................‬‬

‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﷲ‬

‫‪19‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫‪20‬‬
 ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪Files‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ‪ File‬ﻫﻮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻋﲔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ‪ :Text File‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ :Binary File‬ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪ ،Binary Data‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻘﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺳﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻫﻴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻂﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﻌﻒ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺭﺩﺍﺀﺓ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﻠﻜﺘﻪ ﺍﻹﺑﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺎﺯﺍﻝ ﻳﻄﻮﺭ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﺎﺳﻮﺏ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻴﺎ ﻭﺑﺮﳎﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺣﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻮﺍﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺳﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﳊﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﳍﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪21‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻋﻬﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1956‬ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ‪) Hard Disk‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﻜﻴﺒﻴﺪﻳﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎ ﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺒﺴﺎﻃﺘﻪ ﻭﺳﻬﻮﻟﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﳉﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﺠﻤﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪:‬‬

‫‪Abu Bakr ASSIDIQ‬‬

‫‪Ômar Ibn ALKHATTAB‬‬

‫‪Ôtman Ibn AFFAN‬‬

‫‪Ali Ibn ABI TALIB‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻄﺮ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﻔﺎﺻﻞ )ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ( ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪Abu Bakr ASSIDIQ , Ômar Ibn ALKHATTAB , Ôtman Ibn AFFAN , Ali Ibn ABI TALIB‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﺑﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺣﺠﻤﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﲝﻴﺚ ﳚﺐ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﺮﺱ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﻬﺮﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻠﻒ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ )ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﻔﻆ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺜﻼ(‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺭﻗﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﺛﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﳜﺺ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻬﺎﺭﺳﻬﺎ ‪ ،Index‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺻﻌﺒﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﲢﺪﻳﺜﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻣﻠﻒ ﳜﺰﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎﺫ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻠﻒ ﳜﺰﻥ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻷ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻌﺰﻻﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻏﺎﺋﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺬﻑ ﲣﺼﺺ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺗﺬﺓ ﻓﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺜﺮﺓ ﻭﺧﻠﻂ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺎ ﰲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﳏﻠﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺚ‬

‫‪23‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻠﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺘﺼﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺗﺒﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ‪...‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺔ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﺗﺒﻴﺔ ﺑ ﻨﻤﻂ ﳜﺼﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺃﺿﺤﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻟﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﻪ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1960‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﺳﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﻜﻴﺒﻴﺪﻳﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺑﻄﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺃﺗﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﳊﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻋﻼﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻔﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺗﻰ ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺗﺪﺭﻥ ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ؟؟ ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪.SQL‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻢ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ )ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ؟‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺎﻫﻮ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ؟‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﱪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺭﺑﻂ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ ،Network‬ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺃﺷﻬﺮﻫﺎ ) ‪Microsoft ACCESS, Microsoft SQL Server, Oracle‬‬

‫‪(Database , MySQL, PostqreSQL, Sybase, IBM DB2, ..‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ ‪Relationnal Model‬‬

‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪ ‪ Edgard Franck Codd‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1970‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ )ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬

‫‪25‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ ﲟﺜﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﲑﻱ ﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫‪ SQL‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭﺓ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ Tables‬ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺎﺯﺍﻟﺖ ﲣﺰﻥ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ Files‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﺭﺕ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺃﻳﺴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪26‬‬
 

‫ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺪﻱ‬

27
 ‫‪Relationnal Algebra‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﳏﺾ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮﺍﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺷﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻃﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ‪ ،Group Theory‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ )ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ(‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ‪:() Union‬‬

‫‪R1‬‬ ‫‪R2‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ‪ Union‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﳍﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫‪R1  R2‬‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﻧﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
 ‫ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬: R1

Code Name Age Address

P1E1 Ahmed 26 Kuwait
P1E2 Idriss 24 Morocco
P1E3 Kamal 25 Egypt

‫ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬: R2

Code Name Age Address

P2E1 Khalid 24 Tunisia
P2E2 Ismaîl 27 Syria

‫ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺗﲔ‬:R1R2
Code Name Age Address
P1E1 Ahmed 26 Kuwait
P1E2 Idriss 24 Morocco
P1E3 Kamal 25 Egypt
P2E1 Khalid 24 Tunisia
P2E2 Ismaîl 27 Syria
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬

29
 :() Intersection ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

R1 R2 R1  R2

‫ ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ‬،‫ ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬،‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﳍﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‬
.‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ‬،R1  R2 ‫ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

:‫ﺣﱴ ﻧﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﲔ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬

:"‫ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ "ﺍﻟﻜﻨﺪﻱ‬:R1

Code Book
B1 Kalila wa dimna
B2 Moqadimat Ibn Khaldoun
B3 Truth of life
B4 C# Programming
B5 Java Programming

:"‫ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ "ﺍﻟﺮﺿﻮﺍﻥ‬:R2

Code Book
B4 C# Programming
B13 Health & Body
B3 Truth of life
B15 PHP for beginners
B5 Java Programming

30
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﺎﻥ ﳍﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :R1  R2‬ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ‪:‬‬

‫‪Code‬‬ ‫‪Book‬‬
‫‪B4‬‬ ‫‪C# Programming‬‬
‫‪B3‬‬ ‫‪Truth of life‬‬
‫‪B5‬‬ ‫‪Java Programming‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ‪:( -) Difference‬‬

‫‪R1‬‬ ‫‪R2‬‬ ‫‪R3‬‬ ‫‪R3=R1 - R2‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﺡ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ )ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ( ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﺄﺧﺬ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻭﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪.‬‬

‫‪31‬‬
 ‫ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬: R1

Code Name Age Address

P1E1 Ahmed 26 Kuwait
P1E2 Idriss 24 Morocco
P2E1 Khalid 24 Tunisia
P2E2 Ismaîl 27 Syria
P1E3 Youssef 32 Algeria

‫ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬: R2

Code Name Age Address

P2E1 Khalid 24 Tunisia
P2E2 Ismaîl 27 Syria
P2E3 Karim 29 Qatar
P2E4 Mahmoud 31 Arabic Saudia
P2E5 Ibrahim 36 Libya

:‫ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬:R1-R2

Code Name Age Address

P1E1 Ahmed 26 Kuwait
P1E2 Idriss 24 Morocco
P1E3 Youssef 32 Algeria

.R2 ‫ ﻭﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ‬R1 ‫ ﺗﻌﲏ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ‬:R1-R2

32
‫ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻋﻜﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ،R2-R1‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ‪ R2‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ‬
‫‪ R1‬ﺃﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :R2-R1‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪:‬‬

‫‪Code‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Age‬‬ ‫‪Address‬‬

‫‪P2E3‬‬ ‫‪Karim‬‬ ‫‪29‬‬ ‫‪Qatar‬‬
‫‪P2E4‬‬ ‫‪Mahmoud‬‬ ‫‪31‬‬ ‫‪Arabic Saudia‬‬
‫‪P2E5‬‬ ‫‪Ibrahim‬‬ ‫‪36‬‬ ‫‪Libya‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ‪:(σ) Selection‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ ‪ Rows‬ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪ID‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Function‬‬ ‫‪City‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Younes MAADANE‬‬ ‫‪Developper‬‬ ‫‪CasaBlanca‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Ismaîl WAHBI‬‬ ‫‪Conceptor‬‬ ‫‪CasaBlanca‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Reda Hamdi‬‬ ‫‪Designer‬‬ ‫‪Rabat‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪Hamid MAKBOUL‬‬ ‫‪Director‬‬ ‫‪CasaBlanca‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪Mohammed ELKHAL‬‬ ‫‪Web MASTER‬‬ ‫‪Agadir‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
:‫ ﻣﺜﻼ‬،‫ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍ‬

:CasaBlanca ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻀﺎﺀ‬

ID Name Function City

1 Younes MAADANE Developper CasaBlanca
2 Ismaîl WAHBI Conceptor CasaBlanca
4 Hamid MAKBOUL Director CasaBlanca

:Developper ‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺻﻔﺔ ﻣﱪﻣﺞ‬

ID Name Function City

1 Younes MAADANE Developper CasaBlanca

:(π) Projection ‫ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ‬

‫ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬Columns ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
:‫ ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‬،‫ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ‬

ID Name Function City

1 Younes MAADANE Developper CasaBlanca
2 Ismaîl WAHBI Conceptor CasaBlanca
3 Reda Hamdi Designer Rabat
4 Hamid MAKBOUL Director CasaBlanca
5 Mohammed ELKHAL Web MASTER Agadir
:‫ ﻣﺜﻼ‬،‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻳﻌﲏ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

34
 ‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬

‫‪ID‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Younes MAADANE‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Ismaîl WAHBI‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Reda Hamdi‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪Hamid MAKBOUL‬‬
‫‪5‬‬ ‫‪Mohammed ELKHAL‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻣﻬﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬

‫‪Function‬‬
‫‪Developper‬‬
‫‪Conceptor‬‬
‫‪Designer‬‬
‫‪Director‬‬
‫‪Web MASTER‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﰐ )×(‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻀﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺟﺪﺍﺀ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺑﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻻﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎﻥ‪:‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
 ‫‪R1‬‬
‫‪R2‬‬ ‫‪R1 X R2‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪11‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ‪:(÷) Division‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ÷‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺰﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻀﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫‪R3=R1÷R2‬‬

‫ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻻﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺜﻠﲔ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﺎﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪36‬‬
 R1 R2

Actor_Name Film Film

Franck Richard Sun & Moon Sun & Moon
José Melany Like a boss Like a boss
Franck Richard Like a boss
Michel Ravaud Sun & Moon
Katherine elise Like a boss
José Melany Sun & Moon

‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ؟‬

‫ ﻭﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬R2 ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‬R1 ‫ﻟﻠﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
:‫ ﺃﻱ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬،‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺳﺘﻀﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻠﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬

R1÷R2

Actor_Name
Franck Richard
José Melany

37
 ‫(‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ‪) Join‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﳍﻤﺎ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬

‫ﻟﻨﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﰐ‪:‬‬

‫‪R1‬‬ ‫‪R2‬‬

‫‪ID_Country‬‬ ‫‪Country‬‬ ‫‪ID_Citizen‬‬ ‫‪Citizen‬‬ ‫‪ID_Country‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Egypt‬‬ ‫‪C1‬‬ ‫‪Hamdi‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Morocco‬‬ ‫‪C2‬‬ ‫‪Khalid‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Algeria‬‬ ‫‪C3‬‬ ‫‪Saîd‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺃﻥ ﳒﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻃﻨﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬

‫‪SELECT Country, Citizen‬‬

‫‪FROM R1, R2‬‬
‫‪WHERE R1.Country_id=R2.Country_id‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻃﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳒﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻃﺎﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﲔ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻮﻋﺒﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻣﺮﺭﺕ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻏﲑ ﻳﺴﲑ ﻣﻦ ‪ SQL‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻌﺮ‬

‫ﺧﻼﺻﺔ ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﳑﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻧﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﳌﺨﺎﻃﺒﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ /‬ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺟﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻄﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻀﻰ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ‬
‫‪:‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬

‫ﻓﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺮﻯ ﻛﻴﻒ ﳓﻮﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﳉﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
  

‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻐﺔ‬
SQL

40
 ‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪:SQL‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻝ ‪ ،Structured Query Language‬ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﻧﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﻲ ﻟﻠﺠﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،1974‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1986‬ﰎ‬
‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ )‪ ،(ANSI‬ﻭﰲ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 1987‬ﰎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ ISO‬ﻟﺘﺼﺒﺢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫‪.RDBMS‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺋﻘﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Microsoft SQL Server‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،SQL‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬

‫‪ Transact SQL‬ﻭﺗﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭﺍ ‪ T-SQL‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻬﺎﻡ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪:T-SQL‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ :DDL‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻝ ‪،Data Definition Language‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ )ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪،Databases‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ ،Tables‬ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ‪ ،Views‬ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ ‪ ،Indexes‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﳐﺰﻧﺔ ‪Stored‬‬

‫‪ ،Procedures‬ﻗﻮﺍﺩﺡ ‪ (...،Triggers‬ﻛﻴﻔﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﺋﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
‫‪Data Manipulation‬‬ ‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ :DML‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻝ‬
‫‪ ،Language‬ﺃﻱ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ‪ Select‬ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ‪ Add‬ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺚ ‪Update‬‬

‫ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ‪ Delete‬ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻼﺋﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ :DCL‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻝ ‪ ،Data Control Language‬ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﱪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ T-SQL‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺮﳎﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﻣﻌﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
 ‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬

‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ‪ ،SQL‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫; ‪CREATE DATABASE MyDatabase‬‬

‫ﲝﻴﺚ ‪ MyDatabase‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻫﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Microsoft SQL Server‬‬

‫‪43‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻨﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﺗﺮﺟﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻹﺧﻮﺓ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ‪ MS SQL Server‬ﺑﺎﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻱ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻻﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﺍﲰﻬﺎ ‪ ،New Query‬ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪.T-SQL‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺍﲰﻬﺎ ‪ ،Execute‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ SQL‬ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﶈﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.F5‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻃﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﲏ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ‪ ،Object Explorer‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳋﺎﺩﻡ ‪ ،Server‬ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ... ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪ Security‬ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ ‪ Users‬ﻭﺍﻹﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ‪.Connctions‬‬

‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﰿ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫‪.CREATE DATABASE‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ،SQL‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬
‫; ‪DROP DATABASE MyDatabase‬‬

‫‪Tables‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ )ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ‪ Rows‬ﻭﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ‪.(Columns‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﳏﺠﻮﺯﺓ ﰲ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪.SQL‬‬

‫‪ ‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺎﻋﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻟﻦ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ORACLE‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ ،$‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ SQL Server‬ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
 ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ SQL‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫( ‪CREATE TABLE MyTable‬‬
‫‪ID INT,‬‬
‫‪FullName VARCHAR(50),‬‬
‫)‪BirthDate DATETIME‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﲰﻪ ‪ MyTable‬ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﻧﺼﻲ ﻳﺘﺴﻊ ﻝ ‪ 50‬ﺣﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪.DataTime‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫;‪DROP TABLE MyTable‬‬

‫ﲝﻴﺚ ‪ MyTable‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﺬﻓﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫;‪ALTER TABLE MyTable ADD Age int‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ،SQL‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ ADD‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻪ ﻟﺘﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
 ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬

‫;)‪ALTER TABLE MyTable ADD Age int, Address VARCHAR(250‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﲨﺎﻻ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ‪ Age‬ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺘﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪63‬‬ ‫‪63‬‬
‫‪ -2‬ﻭﺑﲔ ‪2 -‬‬ ‫‪ :BIGINT ‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳎﺎﳍﺎ ﳏﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ‬
‫‪ ، 1‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪ 8‬ﺑﺎﻳﺘﺎﺕ )‪ (8 Bytes‬ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬ ‫‪ :INT ‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺘﺎﺕ )‪ (4 Bytes‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﳎﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ 231‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﱃ‪231-1‬‬

‫‪ :SMALLINT ‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ )‪ (2 Bytes‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﳎﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﺒﺘﺪﺉ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ‪ -215‬ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﱃ‪215-1‬‬

‫‪ :TINYINT ‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳎﺎﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﳏﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﲔ ‪ 0‬ﻭ‬
‫‪.255‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
‫‪ :REAL ‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﳊ ﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ‪ 4‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :FLOAT ‬ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ‪ 8‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :DECILMAL ‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﺘﺪ ﳎﺎﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪ - 999،99999‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪999،99999‬‬
‫)‪.(XML Documents‬‬ ‫‪ :XML ‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻛﺲ ﺃﻡ ﺃﻝ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﻘﻞ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :VARCHAR(n) ‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ‪ 8000‬ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴ ﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ‪ n‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺅﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :CHAR(n) ‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪ ،1‬ﻭﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ‪.8000‬‬
‫‪.4000‬‬ ‫‪ :NCHAR(n) ‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ‬

‫‪48‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪:‬‬
‫ﳓﺘﺎﺝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﳊﻔﻆ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،...‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻣﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ :DateTime ‬ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ 8‬ﺑﺎﻳﺘﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪:‬‬

‫‪:Binary ‬ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ‪.Binary Data‬‬
‫‪ :Image ‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Bit ‬ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﲔ ‪ 0‬ﻭ ‪ ،1‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻧﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪: Constraints‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﻄﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪:NOT NULL ‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺗﺮﻙ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬

‫( ‪CREATE TABLE MyTable‬‬

‫‪ID INT NOT NULL,‬‬
‫))‪FullName VARCHAR(60‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
 ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ NOT NULL‬ﺣﱴ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪--Duting creation of table‬‬

‫( ‪CREATE TABLE MyTanble‬‬
‫‪ID INT NOT NULL,‬‬
‫))‪FullName VARCHAR(60‬‬

‫‪--After creation of table :‬‬

‫‪ALTER TABLE MyTable‬‬

‫‪ALTER COLUMN ID INT NOT NULL‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪:IDENTITY ‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ،ID‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪﻳﺎ‪:‬‬

‫( ‪CREATE TABLE MyTable‬‬

‫‪ID INT IDENTITY(1,1),‬‬
‫))‪FullName VARCHAR(60‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ ID‬ﲤﻨﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ‬
‫ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬

‫( ‪CREATE TABLE MyTable‬‬

‫‪ID INT IDENTITY(2,3),‬‬
‫))‪FullName VARCHAR(60‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺒﺪﺃ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ،2‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻫﻮ ‪ ،3‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ‪ ،2‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ‪ ،5‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ‪... 8‬ﺇﱁ‪.‬‬

‫‪:PRIMARY KEY ‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﳉﻌﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺮﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ‪NOT‬‬

‫‪ ،NULL‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻃﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺷﻚ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﺣﻘﻞ ﳝﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎ ‪PRIMARY KEY‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﲡﺪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ ﳛﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺇﻟﺰﺍﻣﻴﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳉﻌﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺣﺎ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫( ‪CREATE TABLE MyTable‬‬

‫‪ID INT PRIMARY KEY,‬‬
‫))‪FullName VARCHAR(60‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
‫ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‬PRIMARY KEY ‫ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
CREATE TABLE MyTable (
ID INT CONSTRAINT PK_MyConstraint PRIMARY KEY,
FullName VARCHAR(60))

‫ ﺏ‬ID ‫ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬PRIMARY KEY ‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﲰﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬

.PK_MyConstraint
ALTER ‫ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬،‫ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬

: ‫ ﺃﻱ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬،TABLE
--creation of table
CREATE TABLE MyTable (
ID INT NOT NULL,
FullName VARCHAR(60))

--Add primary key constraint :

ALTER TABLE MyTable ADD CONSTRAINT PK_MyConstraint PRIMARY KEY(ID)

:‫ ﺳﺘﺠﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬Columns ‫ ﻭﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬،‫ﻟﻮ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬

.PRIMARY KEY ‫ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬ID ‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬

52
 ‫‪:UNIQUE ‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﳌﻨﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻢ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ UNIQUE‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ،PRIMARY KEY‬ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻏﺔ ‪ ،NULL‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ UNIQUE‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ ،NULL‬ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫( ‪CREATE TABLE MyTable‬‬
‫‪ID INT UNIQUE,‬‬
‫))‪FullName VARCHAR(60‬‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻨﺸﺄ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ‪:‬‬

‫‪--creation of table‬‬
‫( ‪CREATE TABLE MyTable‬‬
‫‪ID INT UNIQUE,‬‬
‫))‪FullName VARCHAR(60‬‬

‫‪--Add unique constraint :‬‬

‫)‪ALTER TABLE MyTable ADD CONSTRAINT U_MyConstraint UNIQUE (ID‬‬

‫‪:REFERENCE ‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﻭﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﻨﺸﺊ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳓﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ REFERENCE‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪:‬‬
‫‪--creation of the first table‬‬
‫( ‪CREATE TABLE MyTable1‬‬
‫‪ID INT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY ,‬‬
‫))‪FullName VARCHAR(60‬‬

‫‪--creation of the second table‬‬

‫( ‪CREATE TABLE MyTable2‬‬
‫‪Code INT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY ,‬‬
‫)‪ID INT CONSTRAINT PK_MyTable2 REFERENCES MyTable1(ID‬‬
‫)‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﲰﻪ ‪ Code‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﲰﻪ ‪ID‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ﻗﺎﺩﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺫﻫﺒﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﺧﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ ‪ Columns‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﱯ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ‪ ،PRIMARY KEY‬ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺃﺟﻨﱯ ‪.FOREIGN KEY‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ REFERENCES‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﰎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬

‫‪54‬‬
‫‪ALTER TABLE MyTable2‬‬
‫‪ADD CONSTRAINT FK_Constraint‬‬
‫)‪FOREIGN KEY (ID‬‬
‫)‪REFERENCES MyTable1(ID‬‬

‫ﲝﻴﺚ ‪ FK_Constraint‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ REFERENCES‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﳓﻦ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ‪ID‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺏ ‪ FOREIGN KEY‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ ID‬ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺏ ‪ REFERENCES‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ )ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ REFERENCES‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﺄ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪:DEFAULT ‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻔﺮﺍﻍ ‪ ،NULL‬ﻭﻃﺒﻌﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻻ ﲢﻔﻆ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)'‪CREATE TABLE MyTable(MyColumn nvarchar(25) DEFAULT 'UnKnown‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺼﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
 ‫‪ALTER TABLE MyTable ADD CONSTRAINT D_Constraint DEFAULT 'UnKnown' For‬‬
‫‪MyColumn‬‬

‫‪:CHECK ‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﳌﺼﺤﻮﺏ ﺑﺎﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﲤﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﲣﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻨﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫(‪CREATE TABLE Person‬‬
‫‪CIN CHAR(9),‬‬
‫‪FullName NVARCHAR(75),‬‬
‫))‪AGE INT CONSTRAINT C_Constraint CHECK (AGE BETWEEN 5 AND 160‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﶈﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 5‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ‪ 160‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﲔ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ CHECK‬ﺣﱴ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ALTER TABLE Person‬‬

‫‪ADD CONSTRAINT C_Constraint‬‬

‫)‪CHECK (Age BETWEEN 5 AND 160‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
 ‫‪ALTER TABLE Person‬‬

‫‪DROP CONSTRAINT C_Constraint‬‬

‫ﲝﻴﺚ ‪ Person‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ C_Constraint‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺣﺬﻓﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ‪:Views‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ‪ Views‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻭﳘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻒ ﻭﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳚﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺔ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻫﻴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺍﺑﻄﺔ ﻭﲡﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ‪ View‬ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪CREATE VIEW View_Name‬‬

‫‪AS Query‬‬

‫ﲝﻴﺚ ‪ View_Name‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻜﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﳚﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﻜﻨﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ‪:‬‬
‫‪CREATE VIEW Emp_Riad‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬

‫'‪SELECT ID, FullName, Age FROM Employee WHERE [City]='Riad‬‬

‫‪57‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺩﺕ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺒﺎ ﺍﲰﻪ ‪ ،Views‬ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺇﻳﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺠﺪﻫﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ‪.Tables‬‬

‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ،SQL‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻴﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Views‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪.New View‬‬
‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ‪:Views‬‬
‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ ،Delete‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪DROP VIEW View_Name‬‬

‫‪58‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ ‪:Indexes‬‬
‫ﻫﻲ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺧﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲤﻜﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﺉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ ﰲ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ ،SQL‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ )‪ ،(Select‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺒﻄﺊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺣﺬﻑ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﲢﺪﻳﺚ ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ‪:‬‬
‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪CREATE INDEX Index_Name‬‬
‫)‪ON Table_Name (Column_Name Desc | Asc‬‬

‫ﲝﻴﺚ ‪ Index_Name‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ Table_Name‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﲏ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ Column_Name‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ‪ /‬ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ‪ Desc‬ﻭ ‪ Asc‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﲢﺪﺩ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪﻳﺔ ‪ Ascending‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻟﻴﺔ ‪.Descending‬‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﺮﺱ‪:‬‬

‫‪CREATE INDEX MyIndex‬‬

‫)‪ON MyTable (ID Desc‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺎﺭﺱ‪:‬‬
‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ ،SQL‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪DROP INDEX MyIndex‬‬

‫‪ON MyTable‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﲢﺪﺛﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻄﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ Insert‬ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺿﻴﻒ ﻣﻮﻇﻔﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺄﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺣﻘﻠﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﳘﺎ‪ :‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻒ ﻭﺍﲰﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪INSERT INTO MyTable‬‬

‫)‪(ID, FullName‬‬
‫‪VALUES‬‬
‫)'‪(1, 'Khalid‬‬

‫‪60‬‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ‪ MyTable‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ ID‬ﻭ ‪ FullName‬ﳘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻼﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻼﻥ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﹶﻱ‪ ‬ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻻ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﺗﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ NULL‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻳﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ IDENTITY‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻌﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻛﺘﻔﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﻨﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪INSERT INTO MyTable‬‬
‫‪VALUES‬‬
‫)'‪(1, 'Khalid‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ‬

‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺛﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪INSERT INTO MyTable2 (ID,FullName‬‬
‫‪SELECT ID,Fullname‬‬
‫‪FROM MyTable1‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻊ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪Select‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪61‬‬
 ‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺗﻌﺒﺌﺔ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﰲ ﳊﻈﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪INTO NewTable‬‬
‫‪FROM OldTable‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ * ﺗﻌﲏ ﺟﻠﺐ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﲰﻪ ‪ NewTable‬ﻣﻌﺒﺄ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪.OldTable‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪:Delete‬‬

‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫;‪DELETE FROM MyTable‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ‪ ،WHERE‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺘﺤﻘﻘﻪ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﻳﻀﻢ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﻄﻨﻮﻥ ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪:‬‬
‫‪DELETE FROM Employee‬‬
‫;'‪WHERE Adress= 'Rabat‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 60‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
 ‫‪DELETE FROM Employee‬‬
‫;‪WHERE Age > 60‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪:Update Data‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺳﻨﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺸﺌﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﱪ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ SQL‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﺁﻧﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﻠﺴﺖ ﻣﻠﺰﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﲏ ﺃﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺮﺿﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻡ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀً ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪CREATE TABLE Employee‬‬
‫‪(ID INT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY,‬‬
‫‪FullName NVARCHAR(40),‬‬
‫‪Adress NVARCHAR(255),‬‬
‫)‪Age TINYINT‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪UPDATE Employee‬‬
‫'‪SET FullName='UnKnown', Adress='Jeddah‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،Employees‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
‫ﳉﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،WHERE‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻵﰐ ﺳﻨﻐﲑ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪:1‬‬

‫‪63‬‬
 ‫‪UPDATE Employee‬‬
‫'‪SET FullName='UnKnown', Adress='Jeddah‬‬
‫‪WHERE ID=1‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻨﲔ ﲟﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺃﲰﺎﺋﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺏ "ﲪﺰﺓ"‪:‬‬
‫‪UPDATE Employee‬‬
‫'‪SET FullName='Hamza‬‬
‫'‪WHERE Adress='Riad‬‬

‫ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪:Select‬‬

‫ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺳﻠﻒ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Select‬ﲜﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺳﻨﻮﺭﺩ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT Field1, Field2, ...‬‬
‫‪FROM TableName‬‬
‫‪WHERE Condition‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ‪ Select‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﻗﻴﻤﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﳓﺪﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺷﺮﻃﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT ID, FullName, Adress‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫'‪WHERE Adress='Mekkah‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
 ‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﳉﻠﺐ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻐﲏ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﻌﻮﺿﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﳒﻤﺔ )*( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﲏ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪:‬‬
‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫'‪WHERE Adress='Mekkah‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﺳﻴﻌﻄﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﲟﻘﺪﻭﺭﻧﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،WHERE‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫'‪WHERE Adress='Mekkah‬‬
‫‪And Age < 30‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺳﻴﺠﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻨﲔ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ 30‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻨﲔ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ‪:‬‬
‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫'‪WHERE Adress='Mekkah‬‬
‫'‪OR Adress='Madina‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﲜﻠﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻨﲔ ﲟﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﳓﺪﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪:AS‬‬

‫‪,‬اﻟﺮﻗﻢ ‪SELECT ID AS‬‬

‫‪],‬اﻻﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ[ ‪FullName AS‬‬
‫‪,‬اﻟﻌﻨﻮان ‪Adress AS‬‬
‫اﻟﻌﻤﺮ ‪Age AS‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪66‬‬
 ‫ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ‪:Concatenation‬‬
‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻣﺞ ‪ ،Concatenation‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ ،+‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫' ‪SELECT FullName +‬‬ ‫‪Is From:‬‬ ‫'‪' + Adress as 'About this emplyee‬‬
‫‪From Employee‬‬

‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪:SELECT TOP‬‬

‫ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪TOP‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ SELECT‬ﰒ ﳓﺪﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺿﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫* ‪SELECT TOP 3‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫‪67‬‬
 ‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻼﺣﻆ ﻗﺎﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎ ‪:RANDOM SELECT‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺪﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ )(‪ NewId‬ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ‪ Order By‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻨﺮﺍﻩ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ‪:‬‬
‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫)(‪ORDER BY newid‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﰐ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫"ﻣﻦ ﺳﲑﺑﺢ ﺍﳌﻠﻴﻮﻥ؟"‪.‬‬

‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺓ ‪:SELECT DISTINCT‬‬

‫ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ DISTINCT‬ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﲡﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪68‬‬
 ‫‪SELECT DISTINCT FullName‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ID‬‬ ‫‪FullName‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Khalid‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Ahmed‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Khalid‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪Karim‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪FullName‬‬
‫‪Khalid‬‬
‫‪Ahmed‬‬
‫‪Karim‬‬

‫ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ‪:LIKE‬‬

‫ﻟﻌﻠﻚ ﺗﺘﺴﺎﺀﻝ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﳏﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )ﻏﻮﻏﻞ ﻣﺜﻼ( ﲜﻠﺐ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻣﺸﺎ‪‬ﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺳﻨﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪.Like‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﲰﻬﻢ ﲝﺮﻑ "‪:"M‬‬

‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫'‪WHERE FullName like 'M%‬‬

‫‪69‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﲰﻬﻢ ﲝﺮﻑ ‪ ،M‬ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺌﻮﻳﺔ ‪%‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﲏ ﻻ ﻳﻬﻤﻨﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ ،M‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﲝﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ "‪:"I‬‬
‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫'‪WHERE FullName Like '%I‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﳉﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺃﲰﺎﺅﻫﻢ ﺣﺮﻑ "‪:"N‬‬

‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫'‪WHERE FullName Like '%N%‬‬

‫‪70‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪:ORDER BY‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﲔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ORDER BY‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻟﻴﺎ‪:‬‬
‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫‪ORDER BY Age DESC‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﺮﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﲔ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﺯﻟﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﺎﻋﺪﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻐﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻛﱪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ ) DESC‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ (descendant‬ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ) ASC‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫‪.(ascendant‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪:‬‬

‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫‪ORDER BY Age ASC‬‬

‫‪71‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ORDER‬‬

‫‪ ،BY‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬

‫* ‪SELECT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫‪ORDER BY Age, Adress‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ‪:Functions‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻐﻨﻴﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﻮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ )ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻉ‬
‫‪ ،Sum‬ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ‪ ،(.. ،Average‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺳﻨﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﺷﻴﻮﻋﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﲢﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻴﺔ ‪:Aggregate Functions‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪:COUNT‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫)*(‪SELECT COUNT‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫‪72‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ‪.‬‬

‫‪SUM‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ ،SUM‬ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪ID‬‬ ‫‪Name‬‬ ‫‪Job‬‬ ‫‪Hours‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Mohamed‬‬ ‫‪Developper‬‬ ‫‪56‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Hamid‬‬ ‫‪Web Master‬‬ ‫‪45‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Younes‬‬ ‫‪Conceptor‬‬ ‫‪78‬‬
‫‪4‬‬ ‫‪Khalid‬‬ ‫‪Designer‬‬ ‫‪84‬‬
‫ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﻠﻬﺎ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪SUM‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪SELECT SUM(Hours‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﻻﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ SUM‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪AVG‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ AVG‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪73‬‬
 ‫)‪SELECT AVG(Hours‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﲤﺜﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ ،AVG‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪SELECT SUM(Hours)/ COUNT(Hours‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫‪.‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﺴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬

‫‪MIN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪SELECT MIN(Hours‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫‪MAX‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪SELECT MAX(Hours‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫‪74‬‬
 ‫ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪:GROUP BY‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ GROUP BY‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻌﻴﺔ ‪ ،Aggregate functions‬ﻭﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﲡﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻨﲔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﺭﺳﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺼﻞ‪...‬ﺇﱁ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪SELECT‬‬
‫' ﻋﺪد ﺳﻜﺎن ﻛﻞ ﻣﺪﯾﻨﺔ' ‪COUNT(Adress) as‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫‪GROUP BY Adress‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪:GROUP BY‬‬

‫‪',‬اﻟﺴﻦ' ‪SELECT Age as‬‬
‫' ﻋﺪد اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﯿﻦ اﻟﺬﯾﻦ ﻟﮭﻢ ھﺬا اﻟﺴﻦ' ‪COUNT(Age) as‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫‪GROUP BY Age‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻮﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬

‫‪75‬‬
 ‫ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ‪:HAVING‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ HAVING‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،GROUP BY‬ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ‪ GROUP BY‬ﺑﺘﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ‪ HAVING‬ﲜﻠﺐ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ﻣﺜﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT Adress,‬‬
‫)‪COUNT(Adress‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫‪GROUP BY Adress‬‬
‫'‪HAVING adress='Riad‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻨﲔ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎ‬
‫‪ HAVING‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺽ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺠﻠﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﲔ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ ، HAVING‬ﻟﻨﺠﻠﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT age,‬‬
‫) ‪COUNT(Age‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬
‫‪GROUP BY age‬‬
‫‪HAVING COUNT(age)>4‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ HAVING‬ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪76‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ‪:Arithmetic Functions‬‬

‫‪ABS‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ ABS‬ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ‪ Absolute Value‬ﻟﻠﺤﻘﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪SELECT ABS(-67‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻘﺔ ﻟﻠﺮﻗﻢ ‪ ،-67‬ﻭﻫﻲ ‪.67‬‬

‫‪SQRT‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺑﻊ ﻟﻠﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ ‪:String Functions‬‬

‫‪SUBSTRING‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ﻃﻮل اﻻﺟﺘﺰاء‪ ,‬ﺑﺪاﯾﺔ اﻻﺟﺘﺰاء‪,‬اﻟﻨﺺ أو اﻟﺤﻘﻞ اﻟﻤﺮاد اﺟﺘﺰاؤه(‪SUBSTRING‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ "ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺟﺘﺰﺍﺅﻩ" ﻧﻌﻮﺿﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﻄﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ "ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﺰﺍﺀ" ﻧﻌﻮﺿﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ "ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﺰﺍﺀ" ﻧﻌﻮﺿﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﺰﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ Substring‬ﻣﻊ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻧﺼﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪',‬اﻻﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ' ‪SELECT FullName AS‬‬
‫'ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﻢ' ‪SUBSTRING(FullName, 3,5) AS‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻣﺘﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪LEFT‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﺰﺍﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫) ﻃﻮل اﻻﺟﺘﺰاء‪,‬اﻟﺤﻘﻞ أو اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﻤﺮاد اﺟﺘﺰاؤه(‪LEFT‬‬

‫‪78‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻨﻄﺒﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪:‬‬
‫‪',‬اﻻﺳﻢ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ' ‪SELECT FullName AS‬‬
‫'ﺟﺰء ﻣﻦ اﻻﺳﻢ' ‪RIGHT(FullName, 5) AS‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻠﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﳍﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﲬﺴﺔ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ‪:‬‬

‫‪RIGHT‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺼﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫) ﻃﻮل اﻻﺟﺘﺰاء‪,‬اﻟﺤﻘﻞ أو اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﻤﺮاد اﺟﺘﺰاؤه(‪RIGHT‬‬

‫ﻟﻦ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪79‬‬
 ‫‪RTRIM‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺘﺎﻥ ‪ LTRIM‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ RTRIM‬ﲟﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﳝﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪ LTRIM‬ﲟﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪-- Remove‬‬ ‫‪Blanks From The right‬‬
‫‪SELECT RTRIM('Khalid‬‬ ‫;)'‬

‫‪-- Remove Blanks From the left‬‬

‫'(‪SELECT LTRIM‬‬ ‫;)'‪Khalid‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺘﲔ ﻣﻌﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ "‪ "Khalid‬ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪LOWER‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺘﺎﻥ ‪ UPPER‬ﻭ‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ UPPER‬ﻣﻦ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺣﺮﻑ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ‪ ،Upper case‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ LOWER‬ﻣﻦ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ‪ ،Lower case‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺘﲔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪-- Change Case To Upper case‬‬
‫;'‪SELECT UPPER('Khalid') AS 'UPPER Case‬‬

‫‪-- Change Case To Lower case‬‬

‫;'‪SELECT LOWER('Khalid') AS 'LOWER Case‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬

‫‪80‬‬
 ‫ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬

‫‪CHARINDEX‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫;)'اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ'‪',‬اﻟﺤﺮف أو اﻟﻨﺺ اﻟﻤﺮاد اﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ رﺗﺒﺘﮫ'(‪SELECT CHARINDEX‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪:CHARINDEX‬‬

‫‪SELECT FullName,‬‬
‫'"‪CHARINDEX('d',FullName) AS 'Position Of "d‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺭﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ‪ d‬ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪LEN‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪81‬‬
‫;)'‪SELECT LEN('Khalid‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،Khalid‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪:‬‬

‫‪SELECT FullName,‬‬
‫'‪LEN(FullName) AS 'Length Of FullName‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪:Date Functions‬‬

‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Date_Of_Working‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ ،Employee‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﻫﻮ ‪ ،DateTime‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﱪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ALTER TABLE Employee‬‬
‫‪Add Date_Of_Working DateTime‬‬

‫‪DATEADD‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ DATEADD‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻛﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪82‬‬
 ‫)‪DATEADD(Part_of_date, number, date‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ Part_of_date‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪ :Year ‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Month ‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :Day ‬ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ number‬ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ date‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ DATEADD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT FullName,‬‬
‫‪Date_of_working as 'Date of working',‬‬
‫'‪DATEADD(year,3,Date_of_working) as 'Using DATADD‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻔﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ‬
‫ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﺷﺘﻐﺎﳍﻢ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪83‬‬
 ‫‪DATEDIFF‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻄﺮﺡ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻓﺎﺭﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﲔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺷﻬﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪DATEDIFF(Part_of_date, date1, date2‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻼﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﳘﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﻼﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﺒﲔ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪:DATEDIFF‬‬
‫)'‪SELECT DATEDIFF(Month, '12/01/2012', '12/08/2012‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺑﺎﻷﺷﻬﺮ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﺘﺴﺎﻭﻱ ‪.7‬‬

‫‪DATEPART‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪DATEPART(part_of_date, date‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪:DATEPART‬‬

‫‪84‬‬
 ‫‪SELECT date_of_working AS 'Date of working',‬‬
‫‪DATEPART(YEAR, date_of_working) AS 'year',‬‬
‫‪DATEPART(MONTH, date_of_working) AS 'month',‬‬
‫'‪DATEPART(DAY, date_of_working) AS 'day‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺷﻬﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﶈﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ DATEPART‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ‬
‫ﳒﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ MONTH‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺟﺘﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ DAY‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺟﺘﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ YEAR‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺟﺘﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT‬‬ ‫‪MONTH(date_of_working),‬‬
‫‪DAY(date_of_working),‬‬
‫)‪YEAR(date_of_working‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫‪85‬‬
 ‫‪GETDATE‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT‬‬ ‫'‪GETDATE() as 'Current Date & time‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻨﺨﺘﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ GETDATE‬ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫‪:DATEDIFF‬‬
‫‪SELECT date_of_working as 'Employment date',‬‬
‫‪getdate() as 'current date',‬‬
‫'‪datediff(year, date_of_working, getdate()) as 'Employment duration‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﺘﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ ،Employment date‬ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺳﻴﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ‪ ،Current date‬ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﻀﺎﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀً ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪86‬‬
 ‫ﺩﻭﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪:Conversion Functions‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﲢﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺳﻨﻮﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪STR‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ‪:‬‬
‫'‪SELECT 'The age of employee '+Fullname +' is: '+ STR(age) as 'Info‬‬
‫‪FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻮ ﺃﻟﻐﻴﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪ STR‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ‪ Age‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﳓﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﺑﺪﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪CONVERT‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺣﻜﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪87‬‬
 ‫)‪CONVERT(Data_Type, value_or_column_to_convert‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻧﻀﻊ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪:CONVERT‬‬
‫‪SELECT CONVERT(int, '12') AS 'String To Int',‬‬
‫'‪CONVERT(varchar, 56) AS 'Int To String‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪.CONVERT‬‬

‫‪CAST‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ‪ ،CONVERT‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪CAST(value_or_column_to_convert as Data_Type‬‬

‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺳﲔ ﻧﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ AS‬ﰒ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ‪:CAST‬‬
‫‪SELECT CAST(age AS CHAR(2)) FROM Employee‬‬

‫‪88‬‬
 ‫‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﱪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﰲ ﻟﻐﺔ‬
‫‪SQL‬‬
‫‪89‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺬﻛﲑ ﺑﺎﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻨﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻃﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺫﻫﺎﻧﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﺮﺳﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺎﺩﻳﻨﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺬﻛﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ‪ ،SQL‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻊ ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ‪:() Union‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ‪ Union‬ﻫﻮ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺗﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﳍﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ‬
‫‪R1  R2‬‬ ‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺭﺅﺳﺎﺀ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳘﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻻﻥ ﻣﺘﺸﺎ‪‬ﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﲢﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﺳﺘﻔﺮﺯ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﲢﺎﺩ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT Id, FullName FROM Employee‬‬
‫‪UNION‬‬
‫‪SELECT Id, FullName FROM Director‬‬

‫‪90‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺅﺳﺎﺀ‪.‬‬

‫)‪: (‬‬ ‫‪Intersection‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘ ﺎﻃﻊ ﻫﻮ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﳍﻤﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ‬
‫‪R1 ‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪R2‬‬ ‫‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺮﺍﺝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺟﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT FullName FROM Employee‬‬
‫‪INTERSECT‬‬
‫‪SELECT FullName FROM Director‬‬

‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﲰﻪ "ﻛﺮﱘ" ﻭﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﺳﺎﺀ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪91‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ‪:(-) Difference‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﲑ‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﺡ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ )ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ( ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ‪:‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﺳﺎﺀ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬

‫‪Result=Employee-Director‬‬

‫ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪SELECT FullName FROM Employee‬‬
‫‪WHERE FullName NOT IN‬‬
‫)‪(SELECT FullName FROM Director‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺴﺞ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻙ‪ ،‬ﺟﺮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ‪ IN‬ﻟﻮﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﻟﺘﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪92‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪،Except‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪SELECT‬‬ ‫‪FullName FROM Employee‬‬

‫‪EXCEPT‬‬
‫‪SELECT‬‬ ‫‪FullName FROM Director‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ‪:(σ) Selection‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﲑ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ ‪ Rows‬ﻣﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ‪:‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ‪ Select‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺳﻨﻌﻄﻲ ﳍﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﲏ ﺟﻠﺐ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT‬‬ ‫‪* FROM Employee‬‬

‫‪93‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ‪:(π) Projection‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﲑ‬

‫‪Columns‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻄﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻘﺎﻁ‪:‬‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT‬‬ ‫‪FullName, Adress FROM Employee‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﻋﻼ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﰐ )×(‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﲑ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻀﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺟﺪﺍﺀ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ ﺑﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬

‫‪94‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﰐ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺛﺎﻥ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪:Car‬‬

‫‪ID‬‬ ‫‪Model‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Mercedes‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Ferrari‬‬

‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ‪:Descrip‬‬

‫‪Color‬‬ ‫‪Price‬‬
‫‪Black‬‬ ‫‪3 000 000‬‬

‫‪Red‬‬ ‫‪7 000 000‬‬

‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﰐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ID‬‬ ‫‪Model‬‬ ‫‪Color‬‬ ‫‪Price‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Mercedes‬‬ ‫‪Black‬‬ ‫‪3 000 000‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Mercedes‬‬ ‫‪Red‬‬ ‫‪7 000 000‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Ferrari‬‬ ‫‪Black‬‬ ‫‪3 000 000‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Ferrari‬‬ ‫‪Red‬‬ ‫‪7 000 000‬‬

‫‪95‬‬
 ‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT Car.ID, Car.Model,‬‬
‫‪Descrip.Color, Descrip.Price‬‬
‫‪FROM Car, Descrip ORDER BY Car.ID‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪:Cross Join‬‬

‫‪SELECT Car.ID, Car.Model,‬‬
‫‪Descrip.Color, Descrip.Price‬‬
‫‪FROM Car‬‬
‫‪CROSS JOIN Descrip ORDER BY Car.ID‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭﻙ ﻟﺘﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻜﺎﺭﰐ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ‪:(÷) Division‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﲑ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﲏ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺟﺪﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﳍﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎﺕ ﺏ ÷‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻀﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ‪R3=R1÷R2‬‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﱪﳎﲔ ﻭﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﺎﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺇﳒﺎﺯﻫﺎ‪:‬‬

‫‪96‬‬
‫‪Developer‬‬ ‫‪Project_ID‬‬
‫‪Ahmed Ismaîl‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Younes Khalifa‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Ahmed Ismaîl‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪Rachid Kamal‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Younes Khalifa‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪:‬‬

‫‪Project_ID‬‬ ‫‪Project_Description‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Inventory System‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Library Management‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﱪﳎﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻨﻨﺠﺰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻗﺴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﱪﳎﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﱪﳎﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺷﺎﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪Developer‬‬
‫‪Ahmed Ismaîl‬‬
‫‪Younes Khalifa‬‬

‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ ،SQL‬ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻨﺎ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺍﺗﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻫﻨﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﻀﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻌﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻮﻧﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪97‬‬
 ‫‪SELECT Developer‬‬
‫‪FROM Developers‬‬
‫‪WHERE project_id IN‬‬
‫‪(SELECT project_id FROM projects‬‬
‫)‪WHERE project_id IN(SELECT project_id from developers‬‬
‫)‬
‫‪GROUP BY developer‬‬
‫)‪HAVING COUNT(project_id)=(SELECT COUNT(project_id) FROM projects‬‬

‫ﺭﲟﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻜﺮ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺫﻛﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ‪:( ) Join‬‬

‫ﺗﺬﻛﲑ‬
‫ﻭﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻭﻻﻥ ﳍﻤﺎ ﺣﻘﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﲢﻘﻖ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻪ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬

‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪98‬‬
‫‪Group_ID‬‬ ‫‪Group_Name‬‬
‫‪1‬‬ ‫‪Group 1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪Group 2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬ ‫‪Group 3‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫‪Member‬‬ ‫‪Group_ID‬‬
‫‪Khalid Ahmed‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Hamid MAKBOUL‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫‪NABIL ZAKI‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Saîd Morad‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻞ ‪ Group_ID‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﻘﻢ‬
‫ﲜﻠﺐ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻧﻌﺮﺽ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻛﺎ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪Member‬‬ ‫‪Group_Name‬‬
‫‪Khalid Ahmed‬‬ ‫‪Group 1‬‬
‫‪Hamid MAKBOUL‬‬ ‫‪Group 2‬‬
‫‪NABIL ZAKI‬‬ ‫‪Group 1‬‬
‫ﰎ ﺟﻠﺐ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،8‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻓﺒﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ ،SQL‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT Member, Group_Name‬‬
‫‪FROM Members, Groups‬‬
‫‪WHERE Members.Group_ID=Groups.Group_ID‬‬

‫‪99‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،JOIN‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT Member, Group_Name‬‬
‫‪FROM Members‬‬
‫‪JOIN Groups‬‬
‫‪ON Members.Group_ID=Groups.Group_ID‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪100‬‬
 

‫ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﰲ‬
Transact SQL
101
‫ﺭﲟﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻠﻚ ﺗﺘﺴﺎﺀﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ‪ T-SQL‬ﺑﺎﻟﱪﳎﺔ؟ ﻧﻌﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ‪ ،T-SQL‬ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﺄﻧﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻐﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﳎﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺘﻔﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺑﺮﳎﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺑﺮﺍﳎﻚ ﺍﳌﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﺑﻠﻐﺔ ‪ VB.Net‬ﺃﻭ ‪.C#.Net‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ‪:Variables‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺣﻴﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﻢ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ T-SQL‬ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪DECLARE @myVariable int‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﲰﻪ ‪.@myVariable‬‬

‫ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑ‪:‬‬

‫ﻹﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺘﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪SET @myVariable=4‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪SELECT @myVariable=4‬‬

‫‪102‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺣﻘﻮﻝ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ ﳌﺘﻐﲑ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪SELECT @myVariable=(SELECT Age FROM Employee WHERE ID=3‬‬

‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ،PRINT‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪DECLARE @myName varchar(20‬‬

‫'‪SELECT @myName='Khalid‬‬

‫‪PRINT 'My name is: '+@myName‬‬

‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪:RETURN‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ‪:IF…ELSE‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪103‬‬
‫)‪IF (Conditon‬‬
‫‪BEGIN‬‬
‫‪--Do Something‬‬
‫‪END‬‬
‫‪ELSE‬‬
‫‪BEGIN‬‬
‫‪--Do Something‬‬
‫‪END‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪DECLARE @Count INT‬‬

‫)‪SET @Count=(SELECT COUNT(*) FROM Employee‬‬

‫)‪IF (@Count>3‬‬

‫;'‪PRINT 'Count is more then 3 Employees‬‬

‫‪ELSE‬‬

‫;'‪PRINT 'Count is less then 3 Employees‬‬

‫ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ ﺭﻗﻤﻲ ﺍﲰﻪ ‪ ،@Count‬ﰒ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‬
‫ﻛﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ ﲢﻘﻘﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ‪ ،3‬ﺃﻇﻬﺮﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﻧﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪.3‬‬

‫‪104‬‬
 :Case ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
:‫ﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬
CASE

WHEN Condition1 THEN Result1

WHEN Condition2 THEN Result2

ELSE ResultN

END

‫ ﰒ ﻧﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬،‫ ﻭﻧﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻮﻇﻒ‬،‫ﺳﻨﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻠﺐ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‬
:‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ‬

SELECT ID, Fullname, 'Message'=CASE

When Age>20 then

'You are adult'

Else

'You are young'

End

From Employee

:‫ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬

105
 :WHILE ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ‬
،‫ ﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﲔ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ‬WHILE ‫ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
WHILE Condition
:‫ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬
BEGIN

--Do something

END

‫ ﳍﺬﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺮﺗﺒﻚ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ‬،‫ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺒﺪﻭ ﻟﻚ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮﻩ‬،‫ﺳﻨﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﺳﻬﻼ ﺟﺪﺍ‬
:‫ﺳﻨﺸﺮﺣﻪ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ‬
DECLARE @count INT

DECLARE @ID INT

SET @ID=10

SET @count=(SELECT COUNT(*) FROM employee)

WHILE (@COUNT < 9)

BEGIN

SET @count=(SELECT COUNT(*) FROM employee)

INSERT INTO employee (ID, Fullname) VALUES (@ID,

'Emp'+CONVERT(VARCHAR,@ID))

SET @ID=@ID+1

END

106
‫ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ @count‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ @ID‬ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ‪ ،10‬ﰒ ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺎﺩﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ‬
‫)ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ( ﻣﺘﺤﻘﻘﺎ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻹﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺄﻣﻠﻪ ﺳﻄﺮﺍ ﺳﻄﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪:‬‬

‫‪107‬‬
 ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺠﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﺘﺴﺘﻮﻋﺒﻪ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪:Transactions Management‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪ Transactions‬ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﲡﻤﻊ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﺗﻨﻔﺬ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫]‪BEGIN TRAN [Transaction_Name‬‬

‫)‪IF (Condition‬‬

‫‪--Confirm the transaction‬‬

‫]‪COMMIT TRAN [Transaction_Name‬‬

‫‪ELSE‬‬
‫‪--Cancel the transaction‬‬

‫]‪ROLLBACK TRAN [Transaction_Name‬‬

‫ﻟﻨﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﱪﳎﲔ ﻭﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 100‬ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺑﱪﳎﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫'‪DELETE From Programmers WHERE Programmer.Programmer_ID='100‬‬

‫'‪DELETE From Projects WHERE Projects.Programmer_ID='100‬‬

‫‪108‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻧﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻜﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﺘﺘﺒﻌﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﺳﻨﺠﺪ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﱪﳎﲔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺭﻗﻤﻪ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻳﺴﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺑﺼﺪﺩ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﻙ ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺰﺑﻮﻥ ﻭﺇﺿﺎﻓﺘﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺣﺮﺟﺔ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺩ ﻓﻌﻠﻚ؟‬
‫ﻫﻨﺎ ﺗﺒﺰﻍ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪ ،Transactions‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻨﻔﺬ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻐﻰ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻨﺎ ﻧﻄﺒﻖ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪:‬‬
‫‪BEGIN TRAN‬‬

‫'‪DELETE From Programmers WHERE Programmer.Programmer_ID='100‬‬

‫'‪DELETE From Projects WHERE Projects.Programmer_ID='100‬‬

‫‪COMMIT TRAN‬‬

‫‪Cursors‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭﺍﺕ ‪ Cursors‬ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻓﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﻮﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳒﺪﻩ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪109‬‬
 ‫ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎﺋﮫ اﺳﻤﺎ و أﻣﺮا ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﯿﺬ‪--‬‬ ‫اﻹﻋﻼن ﻋﻦ اﻟﻤﻤﺮر‬

‫‪Declare Cursor_Name Cursor FOR Query‬‬

‫ﻧﻔﺘﺢ اﻟﻤﻤﺮر‪--‬‬

‫‪OPEN Cursor_Name‬‬

‫‪Fetch Cursor_Name into @Var1, @Var2‬‬

‫ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻧﮭﺎﯾﺔ اﻟﻤﻤﺮر‪--‬‬

‫‪While @@fetch_status=0‬‬

‫‪BEGIN‬‬

‫اﻟﻤﺮور ﺑﯿﻦ اﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ واﺣﺪا واﺣﺪا‪--‬‬

‫‪Fetch Cursor_Name into @Var1, @Var2‬‬

‫‪END‬‬

‫ﻧﻐﻠﻖ اﻟﻤﻤﺮر‪--‬‬

‫‪Close Cursor_Name‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﯾﺮ اﻟﻤﻮارد اﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮف اﻟﻤﻤﺮر‪--‬‬

‫‪Deallocate Cursor_Name‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺳﻄﺮﺍ ﺳﻄﺮﺍ‪:‬‬

‫‪Declare Cursor_Name Cursor FOR Query‬‬

‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺇﻋﻄﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﲰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ،Cursor‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫‪ FOR‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪110‬‬
 ‫‪OPEN Cursor_Name‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﳌﻤﺮ ﻟﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻤﻠﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪While @@fetch_status=0‬‬

‫ﲤﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪@@fetch_status‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺩﺍﻣﺖ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭ ﱂ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‪.‬‬

‫‪Fetch Cursor_Name into @Var1, @Var2‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻠﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻭﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻟﻼﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ‪ @Var1‬ﻭ‪ @Var2‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻠﻦ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﳑﺎﺛﻼ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﲰﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﲰﺎﺀ‬

‫‪Close Cursor_Name‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪Deallocate Cursor_Name‬‬

‫‪111‬‬
 .‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭ‬

‫ ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬،‫ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻄﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ‬،‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻨﺴﺘﻮﻋﺐ ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺟﻴﺪ‬
:‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‬
Employee ID : XXX, Called : XXX, has :XX Years.

:‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭ ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﲡﺮﻳﺒﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬

Declare @ID varchar(50), @FullName varchar(50), @Age int

Declare Emp_Cur Cursor FOR Select ID, FullName,Age From Employee

OPEN Emp_Cur

Fetch Emp_Cur into @ID, @Fullname,@Age

While @@fetch_status=0

BEGIN

print 'Employee ID: '+@ID+' Called: '+@FullName+' Has:

'+Convert(varchar,@Age)

Fetch Emp_Cur into @ID, @Fullname,@Age

END

Close Emp_Cur

Deallocate Emp_Cur

112
‫ﺃﻋﻠﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺘﻐﲑﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﺪﺩ ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻧﺎ ﳑﺮﺭﺍ ﳉﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﻪ ﻭﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪ Print‬ﻭﺣﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫‪ @Age‬ﺇﱃ ‪ Varchar‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻻ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺩﻣﺞ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻤﺮ ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻬﺬﻩ‪:‬‬

‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﱂ ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﻤﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﺣﺎﺕ ﻷﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻷﺩﻭﺍﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪Stored Procedures‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﲰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﲰﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻼ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺳﲑﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﳍﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‬
‫‪113‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﺩﻡ ‪ /‬ﻋﻤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻓﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﲑﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻭﺇﺗﻘﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﻴﻌﻴﻨﻚ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻣﱪﳎﺎ ﻭﺗﺴﻌﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﳎﻚ ﺗﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﻭﺃﺟﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻺﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﳚﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻟﻮ ﻋﻨﺪﻙ ﺧﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺮﳎﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪ SQL‬ﻭﺳﻨﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﳏﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﶈﺠﻮﺯﺓ ‪ Execute‬ﺃﻭ ‪.Exec‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ Programmability‬ﰒ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻴﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ Stored Procedures‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪New‬‬

‫‪ ،Stored Procedure‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫اﻟﺻورة ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ اﻟﻔرﻧﺳﯾﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻛن أﻋﺗﻘد اﻟﻣﺳﺄﻟﺔ واﺿﺣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪114‬‬
 ‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪CREATE PROC Proc_Name‬‬

‫‪--Parameters‬‬

‫‪As‬‬

‫‪//Do something‬‬

‫ﲝﻴﺚ ‪ Proc_Name‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ‪ Parameters‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ‪ :Input‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﳉﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪Create Proc Show_Employee‬‬

‫)‪@ID varchar(50‬‬

‫‪As‬‬

‫‪Select FullName, [Address], Age‬‬

‫‪From Employee‬‬

‫‪Where ID=@ID‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮ ‪ @ID‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ‪ ،Input‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻪ ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺳﻨﺠﻠﺐ ﺇﺳﻢ ﻭﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻗﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪115‬‬
‫)‪declare @ID varchar(50‬‬

‫'‪Set @ID='Emp 2‬‬

‫‪Exec Show_Employee @ID‬‬

‫أو ﺑﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪--‬‬

‫'‪Exec Show_Employee 'Emp 2‬‬

‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ‪:‬‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ‪ :Output‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﳊﻔﻆ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﻧﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ Output‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﻟﻺﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪Create Proc Count_Employees‬‬

‫‪@Nbr int output‬‬

‫‪As‬‬

‫)‪set @Nbr=(Select Count(*) From Employee‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ‪:‬‬

‫‪Declare @Number int‬‬

‫‪Exec Count_Employees @Number Output‬‬

‫)‪Print 'The count of employees is : ' + convert(varchar,@Number‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻬﺬﻩ‪:‬‬

‫‪116‬‬
 ‫ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ :Return‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺎ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺳﻴﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺒﺎﻳﻦ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ‪0‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪:‬‬

‫]‪Create proc [dbo].[Login‬‬

‫)‪@Id varchar(50),@PWD varchar(50‬‬

‫‪As‬‬

‫)‪if exists(select ID from Accounts where ID=@id and [Password]=@PWD‬‬

‫‪begin‬‬

‫‪return 1‬‬

‫‪End‬‬

‫‪Else‬‬

‫‪Begin‬‬

‫‪return 0‬‬

‫‪end‬‬

‫‪117‬‬
‫ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬،‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎ ﺃﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺑﺮﺍﳎﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
.‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﺃﺣﺪﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺃﻫﻲ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‬

:‫ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻤﻴﺔ‬
:‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺳﺄﻭﺭﺩ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻺﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‬

:‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬

Create Proc Insert_Employee
@ID varchar(50), @FullName varchar(50), @Address text, @Age int
as
INSERT INTO [DB_Hotel].[dbo].[Employee]
([ID]
,[FullName]
,[Age]
,[Address])
VALUES
(@ID
,@FullName
,@Age
,@Address)
GO

:‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬

Create Proc Update_Employee
@ID varchar(50), @FullName varchar(50), @Address text, @Age int
as
UPDATE [Employee]
SET [FullName] = @FullName
,[Age] = @Age
,[Address] = @Address
WHERE [ID] = @ID
GO

118
 ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ‪:‬‬
‫‪Create Proc Update_Employee‬‬
‫)‪@ID varchar(50‬‬
‫‪as‬‬
‫]‪DELETE FROM [Employee‬‬
‫‪WHERE ID=@ID‬‬
‫‪GO‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﻼﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪Create Proc Update_Employee‬‬
‫)‪@ID varchar(50‬‬
‫‪as‬‬
‫]‪SELECT [FullName‬‬
‫]‪,[Age‬‬
‫]‪,[Address‬‬
‫]‪FROM [DB_Hotel].[dbo].[Employee‬‬
‫‪WHERE [ID]=@ID‬‬
‫‪GO‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻴﻤﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ ،Edit‬ﻟﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﶈﺮﺭ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻀﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ‪:‬‬

‫‪119‬‬
 ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ALTER Proc Update_Employee‬‬
‫‪//Edit Content‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺰﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪DROP PROC Proc_Name‬‬

‫ﲝﻴﺚ ‪ Proc_Name‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﺑﻴﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ‪.Delete‬‬

‫‪120‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ‪:Functions‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻫﻲ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ‪ SQL‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﲰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺷﺒﻴﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻷ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﳝﻴﺰﻫﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ‪ ،Return‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﳎﱪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ‪.Table‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫(‪CREATE FUNCTION Function_Name‬‬

‫‪@Parameters‬‬

‫)‬

‫‪RETURNS Data_Type‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬

‫‪Begin‬‬

‫‪//Do Something‬‬

‫‪RETURN Value‬‬

‫‪END‬‬

‫ﻧﻌﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﲰﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮﺍﺕ ‪ -‬ﺇﻥ ﻭﺟﺪﺕ ‪ ،-‬ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪RETURNS‬‬

‫ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ BEGIN‬ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻧﻌﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻠﺰﻣﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺩﻧﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪.RETURNS‬‬

‫‪121‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻨﻨﺸﻰ ﺩﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺴﺎﺏ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳕﺮﺭ ﺭﻗﻤﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪:‬‬
‫))‪CREATE FUNCTION Count_Projects(@ID VARCHAR(50‬‬

‫‪RETURNS INT‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬

‫‪BEGIN‬‬

‫‪DECLARE @Nbr INT‬‬

‫)‪SELECT @Nbr=(SELECT Count(*) FROM Projects WHERE ProgrammerID=@ID‬‬

‫‪RETURN @Nbr‬‬

‫‪END‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﱪﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﲰﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫)'‪SELECT [dbo].[Count_Projects] ('Dev 1‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫]‪[dbo‬‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬ ‫]‪[Count_Projects‬‬ ‫ﲝﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺗﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻛﻬﺬﻩ‪:‬‬

‫‪122‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺳﻨﺠﺮﺏ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺠﻠﺐ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﺳﻨﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻤﺮﺭ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺘﺮ‪:‬‬
‫)‪CREATE FUNCTION Employees_By_Age(@Age INT‬‬

‫‪RETURNS TABLE‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬

‫‪RETURN (SELECT * FROM Employee‬‬

‫)‪WHERE Age >@Age‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫)‪SELECT * FROM [dbo].[Employees_By_Age] (20‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﺮ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﳑﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪123‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪:ALTER‬‬
‫(‪ALTER FUNCTION Function_Name‬‬

‫‪@Parameters‬‬

‫)‬

‫‪RETURNS Data_Type‬‬

‫‪-- Do Somthing‬‬

‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ DROP‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫‪DROP FUNCTION Function_Name‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ ‪:Triggers‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ ﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﻧﱪﳎﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﻧﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ ﺑﺎﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻧﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ ‪ :INSTEAD OF‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫‪124‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ ‪ AFTER‬ﺃﻭ ‪ :FOR‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺬﻑ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﻛﻴﻒ ﲤﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺃﻭﻻ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ‪،Inserted‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻚ ﺣﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﲝﺬﻑ ﺳﻄﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳛﺬﻑ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﲰﻪ ‪Deleted‬‬

‫ﺇﱃ ﺣﲔ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﲟﻌﲎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻗﺎﺩﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻟﲔ ﻣﻌﺎ ‪ Inserted‬ﻭ ‪ ،Deleted‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪ Deleted‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ‪.Inserted‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ ‪:Triggers‬‬

‫ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻗﺎﺩﺡ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻨﻬﺎ ‪ ،Triggers‬ﻧﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﺄﺭﺓ ﻭﳔﺘﺎﺭ ‪:New Trigger‬‬
‫‪Database=>Table=>Triggers=>New Trigger‬‬

‫إذا ﻛﺎﻧت ﻋﻧدك ﻧﺳﺧﺔ اﻧﺟﻠﯾزﯾﺔ اﺗﺑﻊ اﻟﺧطوات اﻟﻣﻛﺗوﺑﺔ أﻋﻠﻰ اﻟﺻورة‬
‫‪125‬‬
 ‫ﺳﻴﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻖ‪:‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﲝﺬﻑ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻩ‪ ،‬ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪CREATE TRIGGER Trigger_Name‬‬

‫‪ON Table_Name‬‬

‫‪AFTER | FOR | Instead OF‬‬ ‫‪DELETE, Insert, Update‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬

‫‪--Do Something‬‬

‫ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪126‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺩﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺡ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪CREATE TRIGGER TR_Delete‬‬

‫‪ON Employee‬‬

‫‪FOR DELETE‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬

‫‪ROLLBACK‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺬﻑ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺺ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﻨﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪.Raiserror‬‬

‫‪127‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪: Raiserror‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ Raiserror‬ﳝﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫)‪RAISERROR('Text_Message',Level_Message,State_Message‬‬

‫ﲝﻴﺚ ‪ Text_Message‬ﻫﻮ ﻧﺺ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪ Level_Message‬ﻫﻮ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻭﻳﺄﺧﺬ‬

‫ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ‪ 0‬ﻭ ‪ ،24‬ﺃﻣﺎ ‪ State_Message‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﳏﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﲔ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪.127‬‬
‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻧﻨﺸﻰﺀ ﻗﺎﺩﺣﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲟﻨﻊ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻧﺼﺎ ﲢﺬﻳﺮﻳﺎ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﱵ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﺡ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ‪:‬‬

‫‪CREATE TRIGGER TR_Insert_Update‬‬

‫‪ON Employee‬‬

‫‪FOR INSERT, UPDATE‬‬

‫‪AS‬‬

‫;)‪ ',12,3‬ﻏﯿﺮ ﻣﺴﻤﻮح ﺑﻌﻤﻠﯿﺎت اﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ واﻟﺘﻌﺪﯾﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺪول اﻟﻤﻮﻇﻔﯿﻦ'(‪RAISERROR‬‬

‫‪ROLLBACK‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻫﺎﺑﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻔﲔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻄﺎﻟﻌﻚ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫‪128‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ‬
‫ﳊﺬﻑ ﻗﺎﺩﺡ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ Triggers‬ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻢ ﲝﺬﻓﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﺎﻃﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪DROP TRIGGER Trigger_Name‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺩﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺡ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ‪ Edit‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ‪ ALTER‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪129‬‬
 ‫ﺍﳋﺎﲤﺔ‬

‫ﰎ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻟﻐﺔ ‪،SQL‬‬

‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﱂ ﺃﺟﺪ ﺃﻳﺴﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺴﻴﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﻧﺴﻴﺖ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻜﺴﺖ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻟﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺍﺗﻜﻢ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﺍﺧﺬﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﺮﺩﺩﻭﺍ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﺳﻠﱵ ﻋﱪ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻻﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﷲ ﺳﺄﺭﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫‪[email protected]‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ‪:‬‬

‫‪https://www.facebook.com/Khotwa.Amam‬‬

‫ﺩﺍﻡ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﺮﻛﺎﺗﻪ‬

‫‪130‬‬